Upload
siva
View
60
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
INTERNAL
Component Installation Guide
SRM-MDM Catalog 20Target Audience
n Technology Consultants
n System Administrators
Document version 10 ‒ 07152008
Document History
Caution
Before you start the implementation make sure you have the latest version of this document Youcan find the latest version at the following location httpservicesapcominstguides
The following table provides an overview of the most important document changes
Version Date Description
[10] 7152008 Initial Version
242 INTERNAL 07152008
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction 511 About this Document 512 SAP Notes for the Installation 713 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 814 Naming Conventions 9
Chapter 2 Planning 1121 Planning Basic System Variants 1122 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 1523 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents 1524 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDMCatalog Repository 1625 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDMABAP API 1626 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP 1627 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI 17
Chapter 3 Preparation 1931 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements 1932 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2033 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM
Catalog 2034 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP
Service Marketplace 2135 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMABAP API (Optional) 2136 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional) 2137 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional) 22
Chapter 4 Installation 2341 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2342 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents 2443 Installation of the SRM-MDMCatalog Repository 2444 Installation of the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Web Dynpro) 2645 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) 2646 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) 2747 Installation of BP SRM-MDMCatalog (Optional) 27
07152008 INTERNAL 342
Chapter 5 Post-Installation 2951 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2952 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the
SRM-MDMCatalog 2953 Start the SRM-MDMCatalog Utility 3054 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog Scenario 31
Chapter 6 Additional Information 3361 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) 3362 Troubleshooting 33
Chapter A Reference 35A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types 35
442 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
11 About this Document
Purpose
The SRM-MDM Catalog business scenario provides a solution for creating maintaining andmanaging catalog content in your e-procurement applicationThis guide is intended for technology consultants and system administrators It describes theplanning and preparation required for installation the installation itself and post-installation steps
Integration
You can use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM (release 50 and higher) and SAP ERP (release60 and higher)
SRM-MDM Catalog Components
Components RequiredOptional
SAP NetWeaver-MDM Server Required
SAP NetWeaver - MDM Import Server Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Java API Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM GUI Clients Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Clix Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDM ABAP API Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDMWeb UI Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Application Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Technology Optional
SRM-MDM Catalog Business Content that is theSRM-MDM Catalog Repository
Required
SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Java Web Dynpro) Required
XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog Optional
BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Web UI for Approver) Optional
07152008 INTERNAL 542
1 Introduction11 About this Document
Installation Sequence and Usage Type Information
n Install the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) before installing the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Java Web Dynpro)
n Optional StepInstall the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) SAP NetWeaver Enterprise PortalCore Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal (EP) before installing theSRM-MDM Catalog and SAP Netweaver MDM Business Package
n Optional StepInstall SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) before installing the XI Content SRM-MDMCatalog
n If you install usage type EP you must install SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) andEP Core (EPC) The application sharing server is automatically installed with the usage type EP Forproductive use we recommend that you install the server as an optional standalone unit on adedicated host as described in Installation Guide mdash ltyour productgt java on ltOSgt ltDatabasegtFor more information about SAP NetWeaver usage types and their interdependenciessee the Master Guide for SAP NetWeaver 70 on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDMSAP NetWeaver 70InstallationFor restrictions see SAP Note 852008
Caution
You cannot install SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) as an additional usage type with theprocedure described in SAP Note 852008 You can only install an SAP system with PI as a newinstallation
Constraints
This guide does not provide information about the installation of
n SAP NetWeaver MDM components required for SRM-MDM CatalogFor installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationMDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
n SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For installation information see the SAP SRM or SAP ERP installation guides respectively at(For SAP SRM) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP SRM SAPSRM Server ltChoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guide mdash SAP SRM ltChoose the relevant releasegt(For SAP ERP) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP ERP SAPERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
n SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Core Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver EnterprisePortal (EP)For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI)
642 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
Document History
Caution
Before you start the implementation make sure you have the latest version of this document Youcan find the latest version at the following location httpservicesapcominstguides
The following table provides an overview of the most important document changes
Version Date Description
[10] 7152008 Initial Version
242 INTERNAL 07152008
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction 511 About this Document 512 SAP Notes for the Installation 713 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 814 Naming Conventions 9
Chapter 2 Planning 1121 Planning Basic System Variants 1122 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 1523 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents 1524 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDMCatalog Repository 1625 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDMABAP API 1626 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP 1627 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI 17
Chapter 3 Preparation 1931 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements 1932 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2033 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM
Catalog 2034 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP
Service Marketplace 2135 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMABAP API (Optional) 2136 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional) 2137 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional) 22
Chapter 4 Installation 2341 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2342 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents 2443 Installation of the SRM-MDMCatalog Repository 2444 Installation of the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Web Dynpro) 2645 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) 2646 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) 2747 Installation of BP SRM-MDMCatalog (Optional) 27
07152008 INTERNAL 342
Chapter 5 Post-Installation 2951 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2952 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the
SRM-MDMCatalog 2953 Start the SRM-MDMCatalog Utility 3054 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog Scenario 31
Chapter 6 Additional Information 3361 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) 3362 Troubleshooting 33
Chapter A Reference 35A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types 35
442 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
11 About this Document
Purpose
The SRM-MDM Catalog business scenario provides a solution for creating maintaining andmanaging catalog content in your e-procurement applicationThis guide is intended for technology consultants and system administrators It describes theplanning and preparation required for installation the installation itself and post-installation steps
Integration
You can use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM (release 50 and higher) and SAP ERP (release60 and higher)
SRM-MDM Catalog Components
Components RequiredOptional
SAP NetWeaver-MDM Server Required
SAP NetWeaver - MDM Import Server Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Java API Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM GUI Clients Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Clix Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDM ABAP API Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDMWeb UI Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Application Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Technology Optional
SRM-MDM Catalog Business Content that is theSRM-MDM Catalog Repository
Required
SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Java Web Dynpro) Required
XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog Optional
BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Web UI for Approver) Optional
07152008 INTERNAL 542
1 Introduction11 About this Document
Installation Sequence and Usage Type Information
n Install the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) before installing the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Java Web Dynpro)
n Optional StepInstall the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) SAP NetWeaver Enterprise PortalCore Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal (EP) before installing theSRM-MDM Catalog and SAP Netweaver MDM Business Package
n Optional StepInstall SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) before installing the XI Content SRM-MDMCatalog
n If you install usage type EP you must install SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) andEP Core (EPC) The application sharing server is automatically installed with the usage type EP Forproductive use we recommend that you install the server as an optional standalone unit on adedicated host as described in Installation Guide mdash ltyour productgt java on ltOSgt ltDatabasegtFor more information about SAP NetWeaver usage types and their interdependenciessee the Master Guide for SAP NetWeaver 70 on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDMSAP NetWeaver 70InstallationFor restrictions see SAP Note 852008
Caution
You cannot install SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) as an additional usage type with theprocedure described in SAP Note 852008 You can only install an SAP system with PI as a newinstallation
Constraints
This guide does not provide information about the installation of
n SAP NetWeaver MDM components required for SRM-MDM CatalogFor installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationMDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
n SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For installation information see the SAP SRM or SAP ERP installation guides respectively at(For SAP SRM) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP SRM SAPSRM Server ltChoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guide mdash SAP SRM ltChoose the relevant releasegt(For SAP ERP) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP ERP SAPERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
n SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Core Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver EnterprisePortal (EP)For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI)
642 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction 511 About this Document 512 SAP Notes for the Installation 713 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace 814 Naming Conventions 9
Chapter 2 Planning 1121 Planning Basic System Variants 1122 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 1523 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents 1524 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDMCatalog Repository 1625 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDMABAP API 1626 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP 1627 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI 17
Chapter 3 Preparation 1931 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements 1932 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2033 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM
Catalog 2034 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP
Service Marketplace 2135 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMABAP API (Optional) 2136 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional) 2137 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional) 22
Chapter 4 Installation 2341 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2342 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents 2443 Installation of the SRM-MDMCatalog Repository 2444 Installation of the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Web Dynpro) 2645 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) 2646 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) 2747 Installation of BP SRM-MDMCatalog (Optional) 27
07152008 INTERNAL 342
Chapter 5 Post-Installation 2951 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2952 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the
SRM-MDMCatalog 2953 Start the SRM-MDMCatalog Utility 3054 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog Scenario 31
Chapter 6 Additional Information 3361 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) 3362 Troubleshooting 33
Chapter A Reference 35A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types 35
442 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
11 About this Document
Purpose
The SRM-MDM Catalog business scenario provides a solution for creating maintaining andmanaging catalog content in your e-procurement applicationThis guide is intended for technology consultants and system administrators It describes theplanning and preparation required for installation the installation itself and post-installation steps
Integration
You can use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM (release 50 and higher) and SAP ERP (release60 and higher)
SRM-MDM Catalog Components
Components RequiredOptional
SAP NetWeaver-MDM Server Required
SAP NetWeaver - MDM Import Server Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Java API Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM GUI Clients Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Clix Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDM ABAP API Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDMWeb UI Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Application Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Technology Optional
SRM-MDM Catalog Business Content that is theSRM-MDM Catalog Repository
Required
SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Java Web Dynpro) Required
XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog Optional
BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Web UI for Approver) Optional
07152008 INTERNAL 542
1 Introduction11 About this Document
Installation Sequence and Usage Type Information
n Install the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) before installing the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Java Web Dynpro)
n Optional StepInstall the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) SAP NetWeaver Enterprise PortalCore Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal (EP) before installing theSRM-MDM Catalog and SAP Netweaver MDM Business Package
n Optional StepInstall SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) before installing the XI Content SRM-MDMCatalog
n If you install usage type EP you must install SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) andEP Core (EPC) The application sharing server is automatically installed with the usage type EP Forproductive use we recommend that you install the server as an optional standalone unit on adedicated host as described in Installation Guide mdash ltyour productgt java on ltOSgt ltDatabasegtFor more information about SAP NetWeaver usage types and their interdependenciessee the Master Guide for SAP NetWeaver 70 on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDMSAP NetWeaver 70InstallationFor restrictions see SAP Note 852008
Caution
You cannot install SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) as an additional usage type with theprocedure described in SAP Note 852008 You can only install an SAP system with PI as a newinstallation
Constraints
This guide does not provide information about the installation of
n SAP NetWeaver MDM components required for SRM-MDM CatalogFor installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationMDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
n SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For installation information see the SAP SRM or SAP ERP installation guides respectively at(For SAP SRM) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP SRM SAPSRM Server ltChoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guide mdash SAP SRM ltChoose the relevant releasegt(For SAP ERP) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP ERP SAPERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
n SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Core Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver EnterprisePortal (EP)For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI)
642 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
Chapter 5 Post-Installation 2951 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) 2952 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the
SRM-MDMCatalog 2953 Start the SRM-MDMCatalog Utility 3054 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog Scenario 31
Chapter 6 Additional Information 3361 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) 3362 Troubleshooting 33
Chapter A Reference 35A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types 35
442 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
11 About this Document
Purpose
The SRM-MDM Catalog business scenario provides a solution for creating maintaining andmanaging catalog content in your e-procurement applicationThis guide is intended for technology consultants and system administrators It describes theplanning and preparation required for installation the installation itself and post-installation steps
Integration
You can use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM (release 50 and higher) and SAP ERP (release60 and higher)
SRM-MDM Catalog Components
Components RequiredOptional
SAP NetWeaver-MDM Server Required
SAP NetWeaver - MDM Import Server Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Java API Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM GUI Clients Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Clix Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDM ABAP API Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDMWeb UI Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Application Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Technology Optional
SRM-MDM Catalog Business Content that is theSRM-MDM Catalog Repository
Required
SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Java Web Dynpro) Required
XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog Optional
BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Web UI for Approver) Optional
07152008 INTERNAL 542
1 Introduction11 About this Document
Installation Sequence and Usage Type Information
n Install the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) before installing the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Java Web Dynpro)
n Optional StepInstall the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) SAP NetWeaver Enterprise PortalCore Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal (EP) before installing theSRM-MDM Catalog and SAP Netweaver MDM Business Package
n Optional StepInstall SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) before installing the XI Content SRM-MDMCatalog
n If you install usage type EP you must install SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) andEP Core (EPC) The application sharing server is automatically installed with the usage type EP Forproductive use we recommend that you install the server as an optional standalone unit on adedicated host as described in Installation Guide mdash ltyour productgt java on ltOSgt ltDatabasegtFor more information about SAP NetWeaver usage types and their interdependenciessee the Master Guide for SAP NetWeaver 70 on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDMSAP NetWeaver 70InstallationFor restrictions see SAP Note 852008
Caution
You cannot install SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) as an additional usage type with theprocedure described in SAP Note 852008 You can only install an SAP system with PI as a newinstallation
Constraints
This guide does not provide information about the installation of
n SAP NetWeaver MDM components required for SRM-MDM CatalogFor installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationMDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
n SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For installation information see the SAP SRM or SAP ERP installation guides respectively at(For SAP SRM) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP SRM SAPSRM Server ltChoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guide mdash SAP SRM ltChoose the relevant releasegt(For SAP ERP) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP ERP SAPERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
n SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Core Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver EnterprisePortal (EP)For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI)
642 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
11 About this Document
Purpose
The SRM-MDM Catalog business scenario provides a solution for creating maintaining andmanaging catalog content in your e-procurement applicationThis guide is intended for technology consultants and system administrators It describes theplanning and preparation required for installation the installation itself and post-installation steps
Integration
You can use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM (release 50 and higher) and SAP ERP (release60 and higher)
SRM-MDM Catalog Components
Components RequiredOptional
SAP NetWeaver-MDM Server Required
SAP NetWeaver - MDM Import Server Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Java API Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM GUI Clients Required
SAP NetWeaver- MDM Clix Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDM ABAP API Optional
SAP NetWeaver- MDMWeb UI Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Application Optional
SAP NetWeaver- BP MDM Technology Optional
SRM-MDM Catalog Business Content that is theSRM-MDM Catalog Repository
Required
SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Java Web Dynpro) Required
XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog Optional
BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Web UI for Approver) Optional
07152008 INTERNAL 542
1 Introduction11 About this Document
Installation Sequence and Usage Type Information
n Install the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) before installing the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Java Web Dynpro)
n Optional StepInstall the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) SAP NetWeaver Enterprise PortalCore Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal (EP) before installing theSRM-MDM Catalog and SAP Netweaver MDM Business Package
n Optional StepInstall SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) before installing the XI Content SRM-MDMCatalog
n If you install usage type EP you must install SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) andEP Core (EPC) The application sharing server is automatically installed with the usage type EP Forproductive use we recommend that you install the server as an optional standalone unit on adedicated host as described in Installation Guide mdash ltyour productgt java on ltOSgt ltDatabasegtFor more information about SAP NetWeaver usage types and their interdependenciessee the Master Guide for SAP NetWeaver 70 on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDMSAP NetWeaver 70InstallationFor restrictions see SAP Note 852008
Caution
You cannot install SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) as an additional usage type with theprocedure described in SAP Note 852008 You can only install an SAP system with PI as a newinstallation
Constraints
This guide does not provide information about the installation of
n SAP NetWeaver MDM components required for SRM-MDM CatalogFor installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationMDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
n SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For installation information see the SAP SRM or SAP ERP installation guides respectively at(For SAP SRM) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP SRM SAPSRM Server ltChoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guide mdash SAP SRM ltChoose the relevant releasegt(For SAP ERP) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP ERP SAPERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
n SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Core Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver EnterprisePortal (EP)For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI)
642 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
1 Introduction11 About this Document
Installation Sequence and Usage Type Information
n Install the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) before installing the SRM-MDMCatalog UI (Java Web Dynpro)
n Optional StepInstall the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) SAP NetWeaver Enterprise PortalCore Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal (EP) before installing theSRM-MDM Catalog and SAP Netweaver MDM Business Package
n Optional StepInstall SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) before installing the XI Content SRM-MDMCatalog
n If you install usage type EP you must install SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) andEP Core (EPC) The application sharing server is automatically installed with the usage type EP Forproductive use we recommend that you install the server as an optional standalone unit on adedicated host as described in Installation Guide mdash ltyour productgt java on ltOSgt ltDatabasegtFor more information about SAP NetWeaver usage types and their interdependenciessee the Master Guide for SAP NetWeaver 70 on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDMSAP NetWeaver 70InstallationFor restrictions see SAP Note 852008
Caution
You cannot install SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) as an additional usage type with theprocedure described in SAP Note 852008 You can only install an SAP system with PI as a newinstallation
Constraints
This guide does not provide information about the installation of
n SAP NetWeaver MDM components required for SRM-MDM CatalogFor installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationMDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
n SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For installation information see the SAP SRM or SAP ERP installation guides respectively at(For SAP SRM) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP SRM SAPSRM Server ltChoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guide mdash SAP SRM ltChoose the relevant releasegt(For SAP ERP) servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAP ERP SAPERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
n SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Core Components (EP Core) and SAP NetWeaver EnterprisePortal (EP)For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI)
642 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
1 Introduction12 SAP Notes for the Installation
For installation information see servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver 70 SRx
n SRM-MDMCatalog Configuration SAP Solution Manager contains all the information necessaryto configure your SAP SolutionIn SAP Solution Manager (Business Process Repository) choose SAP SRM from theSolutionsApplications Choose the appropriate release In Configuration Structures you find thebasic configuration settings required for the catalog and in Scenarios you find information aboutconfiguration required for the business process steps For information about the correct SolutionManager Content forSAP SRM 2007 (SAP SRM Server 60) see SAP Note 983603SAP SRM 50 (SAP SRM Server 55) see SAP Note 877235
12 SAP Notes for the Installation
You must read the following SAP Notes before you start the installation These SAP Notes contain themost recent information on the installation as well as corrections to the installation documentationMake sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note which you can find on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomnotes
SAP Notes
SAP Note Number Title Description
1057316 SRM-MDMCatalog 20 -Installation ampConfiguration
Additional information or important updates forinstallation and configuration of SRM-MDMCatalog 20
1138862 SRM-MDMCatalogPerformance
Important information about factors that influence theperformance of the SRM-MDM Catalog
1170807 SearchUIHandling ofMasterSlave
This note explains how the SRM-MDM Catalog SearchUI handles a setup of one master repository and one ormore Slave repositories Themaster and slave repositoriescan reside on MDM servers that run on different hosts
1174354 Guidelines forReporting BugsSRM-MDMCatalog 20
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
1077701 SRM-MDMCatalog FAQ
Frequently asked questions and answers
1072842 MDM 55 SP06Release Note
Information about the current MDM 55 support package
07152008 INTERNAL 742
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
1 Introduction13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
SAP Note Number Title Description
822018 MDM 55 ReleaseRestriction Note
Restrictions of the current MDM 55 support package
856913 Guidelines forReporting BugsMDM 55
Important information for an effective and fast correctionprocess (SP-independent)
13 Information Available on SAP Service Marketplace
More information is available as follows on SAP Service Marketplace
Documentation
Description Internet Address Title
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SizingGuide
servicesapcomsrm SRM-MDMCatalog 20 SP03 SizingGuide
SRM-MDM 20 Upgrade Guide servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Server 60
SRM-MDM Catalog 20 UpgradeGuide
SAP NetWeaver MDMdocumentation center comprisingall MDM installation upgradeconfiguration and so ondocumentation
servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver MDM Installationamp Implementation DocumentationCenter
SAP NetWeaver 70 InstallationGuides
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70(2004s)
Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR3Installation Guide - SAP NetWeaver70 SR2
SAP ERP Master Guide andInstallation Documentation
servicesapcomsrm-inst
SAP ERP 60 InstallationSAP ERP 60 InstallationInformation
SAP SRM Master Guide andInstallation Guides
servicesapcomerp-inst
SAP SRM Using SAP SRM Server6055
SAP SRM Installation Information
SRM-MDM Catalog BusinessScenario Description
helpsapcom SAP Business SuiteSAP Supplier Relationship ManagementSAP Catalog Content Management
Catalog Content Management
842 INTERNAL 07152008
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
General Quick Links
Description Internet Address
SAP Help Portal helpsapcom
SAP Notes servicesapcomnotes
Released platforms and operating systems servicesapcomplatforms
System sizing servicesapcomsizing
Security servicesapcomsecurity
14 Naming Conventions
Throughout this document the following naming conventions apply
Terminology
Java System refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SRM-MDM Catalog refers to SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 or later SPSAP SRM refers to SAP SRM 50 or higherSAP ERP refers to SAP ERP 60 or higherSAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java 70SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management (SAP NetWeaver MDM) refers to SAP NetWeaver MasterData Management 55 SP06SAP NetWeaver PI refers to SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70SAP NetWeaver EP refers to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal 70MDM Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 ServerMDM Import Server refers to SAP NetWeaver Master Data Management 55 Import ServerSAP AS ABAP refers to SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP 70XI content refers to content for SAP NetWeaver Process Integration 70
Variables
Variables Description
ltSAPSIDgt SAP system ID in uppercase letters
ltsapsidgt SAP system ID in lowercase letters
ltDBSIDgt Database ID in uppercase letters
ltdbsidgt Database ID in lowercase letters
ltINSTDIRgt Installation directory for the SAP system
ltCD_DIRgt Directory on which a CD is mounted
ltDVD_DIRgt Directory on which a DVD is mounted
07152008 INTERNAL 942
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
1 Introduction14 Naming Conventions
Variables Description
ltOSgt Operating system name within a path
lthost_namegt Name of the corresponding host
ltuser_namegt Home directory of the user performing the installation
The following examples show how the variables are usedLog on as user ltsapsidgtadm and change to the directory usrsapltSAPSIDgtIf your SAP system ID is C11 log on as user C11adm and change to the directory usrsapc11
1042 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning
2 Planning
Process Flow
1 Plan your SAP system landscape as described in the SRM-MDM Catalog SAP SRM or SAP ERPMaster Guides
Recommendation
See the Technical Infrastructure Guide ‒ SAP NetWeaver 70 available on SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation
2 Choose your basic system variantsFor more information seeBasic System Variants [page 11]
3 Plan the installation of the SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [external document]
4 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for the SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [external document]
5 Identify the basic parameters for the SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryFor more information see Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 16]
The following planning activities are optional6 Plan the installation of multiple components in one database
For more information see Installation of Multiple Components in One Database (Optional) [page 33]7 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API [page 16]8 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 17]9 Plan the use of SAP NetWeaver EP
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver EP [page 16]
21 Planning Basic System Variants
This section provides information about the basic system variants for an SRM-MDM Catalog systemand about the possibilities of distributing components within themMandatory instances of an SRM-MDMCatalog system are a Java system with the central instance thecentral services instance the database instance the MDM Server and MDM Import Server
07152008 INTERNAL 1142
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
The Java central services instance is named an SCS instance Optionally you can install one or moredialog instances Each instance can reside on a separate host
Distribution of Components
Figure 1 Feasible minimum system distribution with required components (that is without SAPNetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
1242 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
Figure 2 Recommended minimum system distribution with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI)
Figure 3 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and one SAP NetWeaver MDM server
07152008 INTERNAL 1342
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning21 Planning Basic System Variants
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host
Figure 4 Maximum distribution for a distributed system with required components (that is withoutSAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI) and multiple SAP NetWeaver MDM servers (one withmaster repository others with slave repositories)
For a maximum system distribution each component and instance resides on a separate host Amaster repository allows for read and write access but a slave repository allows for read access onlySee SAP Note 1170807 for details on how the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI can make use of masterand slave repositories
Note
SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI reside on separate dedicated hostsFor more details see SAP NetWeaver EP and SAP NetWeaver PI installation guides
211 SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
For information on basic system variants for an SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java system withinan SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
1442 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
212 SAP NetWeaver MDM
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM
MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
More InformationSee the SAP NetWeaver Installation Guide for more information on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM SAP NetWeaver 70 Installation Installation Guide mdash SAP NetWeaver
70 SRx
22 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on planning the distribution of instances to host the SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java systemwithin an SAP SRM or an SAP ERP installation see the respective installation guideSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
23 Installation Planning For SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents
For information on planning the distribution of SAP NetWeaver MDM components see the SAPNetWeaverMDM Installation Guide on SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcominstguides
SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver 70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
Note
SAP NetWeaver MDM Server and Import Server require the following ports to be accessible
n MDM Server uses ports 20003 20004 20005 (always)
n MDM Import server uses 20003 and 20009
The port numbers for MDM server and MDM Import Server cannot be changed
07152008 INTERNAL 1542
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
24 Identify Basic Parameters for SRM-MDM CatalogRepository
Identify the following basic parameters for your SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
n Repository NameFor the SRM-MDMCatalog Search UI to function properly the repository namemust not containany spaces or special characters except for an underscore
n Repository PortEnsure that this port is accessible from the host that runs your SAP NetWeaver AS Java installation
n Required LanguagesThe delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository contains 23 languages If you restrict the languagesto those you require this enhances performanceIf at any point you need to add additional languages see SAP Note 1084526
25 Installation Planning for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
The MDM ABAP API provides an interface for accessing SAP MDM 55 using ABAP This interface iseasy to configure and convenient to use It is optimized for ABAP developers and available using ABAPObjects and function modules (partly remote-enabled) In addition to the core services performed onthe records (create retrieve update delete query and so on) metadata (such as tables and fields)and administrative functions (such as the repository) are deliveredFor more information see SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
PrerequisitesYour ABAP system must be SAP AS ABAP 640 or 700
Procedure
1 Check the kernel patch level of your ABAP system Information on the mandatory kernel patchlevel is available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallmdm OperationsMDM 55 SP06 - ABAP API
2 Plan the installation of the required kernel patch level and plan the installation of MDM ABAPAPI in your ABAP system as an SAP Add-On
26 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP
The SRM-MDM Catalog provides a Web UI based on SAP NetWeaver MDM iViews for an approvalprocess
1642 INTERNAL 07152008
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
2 Planning27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see the documentationManaging Catalog Content with iViews in SAP SolutionManager SAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content inSRM-MDM Catalog Approve Product Data
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver EP 70 installation with KMC (to use UWL functionality)
Procedure
1 Read the section Technical Description and Configuration Information in the documentMDM PortalBusiness Package available in the MDM Documentation Center on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallmdm
2 Plan the installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Business Packages and the SRM-MDM CatalogBusiness Package
27 Planning for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI
The SRM-MDMCatalog scenario uses SAP NetWeaver PI for the transfer of product data and contractdata from SAP SRM or SAP ERP respectively
PrerequisitesYou have an SAP NetWeaver PI 70 installation
Procedure
1 If you want to use the SRM-MDM Catalog with SAP SRM check if the delivered BAdIimplementation for additional contract data is of any use to youFor more information see helpsapcom SAP Business Suite SAP Catalog Content ManagementSRM-MDM Catalog 20 section Import of Products Contracts and Suppliers from SAP Supplier RelationshipManagement (SRM)
2 Plan the installation of XI content for the SRM-MDM Catalog
07152008 INTERNAL 1742
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
3 Preparation
3 Preparation
Complete the following preparation steps
Process Flow
1 Check the hardware and software requirementsFor more information see Hardware and Software Requirements [page 19]
2 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 20]
3 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDMcatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM Catalog [page20]
4 Download installation files for the SRM-MDMCatalog of most current Support Package (SP) withlatest patch level from SAP Service MarketplaceFor more information see Download Installation Files for SRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service [page 21]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Complete preparation for installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API
For more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API (Optional) [page 21]6 Complete preparation for use of SAP NetWeaver PI
For more information see Use of SAP NetWeaver PI [page 21]
31 Preparation of Hardware and Software Requirements
You check that your hosts meet the hardware and software requirements for your operating systemand the SAP instances
Caution
If your hosts do not fully meet the requirements you might experience problems when workingwith the SAP system
PrerequisitesContact your Operating System (OS) vendor for the latest OS patchesMake sure that the host name meets the requirements listed in SAP Note 611361
07152008 INTERNAL 1942
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
3 Preparation32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)
Procedure
1 Check the Product Availability Matrix on SAP Service Marketplace as servicesapcompam forsupported operating system releases
Note
Check the Product Availability Matrix for SAP SRM or SAP ERP and for SAP NetWeaver MDM
2 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (ASJava) in the relevant installation guide of SAP SRM or SAP ERPSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
3 Check the hardware and software requirements for SAP NetWeaver MDM components asdescribed in the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
4 Check the SRM-MDM Catalog Sizing Guide for an appropriate hardware sizing Formore information see the SRM-MDM Catalog 20 Sizing Guide on SAP Service Marketplace atservicesapcomsrm SRM-MDM Catalog SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP03 Sizing Guide
32 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the SAP SRM or the SAP ERP InstallationGuide respectivelySAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
33 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM Installation Guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash Installation Guide
2042 INTERNAL 07152008
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
3 Preparation34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files for SRM-MDMCatalog from SAP Service Marketplace
34 Preparation for Download of Installation Files forSRM-MDM Catalog from SAP Service Marketplace
The SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always include the full set of all SRM-MDMCatalog componentsUse the latest patch level of the most current Support Package of the SRM-MDM Catalog that isavailable from SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
Procedure
1 Enter SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose SRM-MDM Catalog 20 OS independent 4 Select the relevant download objects and add them to the Download Basket
You have to download the following objectsn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SP ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt OS-Independent
basisn SRM-MDM Catalog 20 ltlatest support packagegt Patchltlatest patchgt for ltOS on which
you want to make the installmentgt
35 Installation Preparation for SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAPAPI (Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see the MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API guide on SAPService Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM Operations MDM 55 SP06‒ABAP API
36 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver PI (Optional)
The XI Content of SRM-MDM Catalog Support Packages and Patches always includes the fullcontent Use the most current XI Content Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog availableon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packages and PatchesSearch for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
07152008 INTERNAL 2142
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
3 Preparation37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
Procedure
1 Enter XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20 as the search term and choose Search2 Choose the link XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 203 Choose XI Content SRM-MDM Catalog 20Database independent4 Select the relevant download object and add it to the Download Basket
37 Preparation for Use of SAP NetWeaver EP (Optional)
The BP SRM-MDMCatalog of SRM-MDMCatalog Support Packages and Patches always includes thefull content Use the BP SRM-MDMCatalog of the most current Support Package for the SRM-MDMCatalog available on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc Download Support Packagesand Patches Search for Support Packages and Patches
PrerequisitesYou need a user for SAP Service Marketplace
ProcedureDownload the object SRM-MDM Catalog 20 SPltlatest SPgt Patch ltlatest patch for the SPgt
More InformationFor more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
2242 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
4 Installation
4 Installation
Make sure that you have completed all the activities listed in Planning [page 11] and Preparation [page19] before you start the installation
Process Flow
1 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java) [page 23]
2 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components for SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 24]
3 Installation of SRM-MDM Catalog RepositoryFor more information see SRM-MDM Catalog Repository [page 24]
4 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)For more information see SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro) [page 26]
The following preparation activities are optional5 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content for SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional) [page 26]6 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM system
For more information see Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional) [page 27]7 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog
For more information see Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional) [page 27]
41 Installation of SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java(AS Java)
For information on installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installation guidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
07152008 INTERNAL 2342
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
4 Installation42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
42 Installation of SAP NetWeaver MDM Components
Locate the SAP NetWeaver MDM components for the SRM-MDM Catalog in directories ServersMDM GUI CLIENTS MDM JAVA API MDM CLIX MDMWEB UI BP MDM APPLICATION and BPMDM TECHNOLOGY on your installation CD for SRM-MDM Catalog or in the latest patch of themost current Support Package for the SRM-MDM Catalog This is available as a downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdcYou download the SAP NetWeaver MDM ABAP API from the SAP Solution Managerrsquos MaintenanceOptimizer on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomsupport-infrastructureFor information on the required installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM installation guideon SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstguides SAP NetWeaver SAP NetWeaver70 SAP NetWeaver MDM MDM 55 SP06 mdash Installation Guide
Note
Only the following SAP NetWeaver MDM components are relevant for the SRM-MDMCatalogMandatory MDM components
n MDM Server
n MDM Import Server
n MDM Console
n MDM Clix
n MDM Data Manager
n MDM Import Manager
n MDM Language Selector
n MDM Connector and MDM Java API
Optional MDM Componentsn MDMWorkflow (required for defining workflows within SAP NetWeaver MDM)
n MDM ABAP API
n MDM Web UI
n MDM Portal Content (contains BP MDM Application and BP MDM Technology)
43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
The SRM-MDM Catalog is delivered with a dedicated repository The SRM-MDM Catalog Search UIrelies on a certain repository model You can add fields to the SRM-MDM Catalog repository modelbut you are not allowed to change or remove fields in the delivered repository model
2442 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
4 Installation43 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog Repository
You can find the repository a2a file in directory Business_Content on your Installation CD or in the latestpatch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP Service Marketplaceat servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesStore the repository a2a file in directory [MDM installation Directory]ServerArchives If this directory doesnot exist create it manually for example (Windows) CProgram FilesSAPMDM 55ServerArchives
Procedure
1 Open MDM Console2 Mount your MDM Server MDM Servers Mount MDM Server3 Start the MDM Server if it is not already running
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose MDM Servers Start MDM Server4 Unarchive the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository
Select the relevant MDM Server and choose Repositories UnarchiveSpecify DBMS Server including login and passwordSet the repository name for example SRM_MDM_CatalogSelect the archive file which is the name of the a2a file without extension
5 Start the repository after the un-archving is successfully completedSelect the repository and choose Repositories Load Update Indices
6 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for the repository
Note
You need to the restart MDM server to make this change effective
Optional Steps7 Create slave repository repositories
Select the relevant repository in MDM Consle and choose Repositories Connect You can logonwith default user Admin that does not require a passwordChoose Repositories Create Slave and enter all required information
Note
If you plan enhancing the delivered SRM-MDM Catalog repository model and loading asignificant amount of catalog items we recommend that you perform the setup of slaverepositories once you have completed the initial load of your repository The creation of a slave isfaster than reapplying changes to slaves via synchronization
8 Set property Socket Read Timeout MS=0 in mdsini for all slave repositories
07152008 INTERNAL 2542
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
4 Installation44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
Note
You need to restart the MDM server before this change get effective
44 Installation of the SRM-MDM Catalog UI (Web Dynpro)
You can find the SRM-MDM Catalog Search UI in directory SRM-MDM_Catalog_UI on yourInstallation CD or in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded fromSAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to the Software Deployment Manager of you SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy SRMMDMCAT20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
45 Import of SAP NetWeaver PI Content (Optional)
Perform this step if you want to use contract or product data replication from SAP SRM toSRM-MDM Catalog or from SAP ERP to SRM-MDM Catalog
PrerequisitesYou have sufficient authorization for SAP NetWeaver PI
ProcedureSee SAP note 836200 for details about importing SAP NetWeaver PI content
2642 INTERNAL 07152008
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
4 Installation46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
46 Apply SAP Note 976518 to SAP SRM System (Optional)
This step is only required if you want to transfer scale price and discount information from yourcontract in SAP SRM to SRM-MDM CatalogFor more information see the documentation Enriching Contract Data in SAP Solution Manager underSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management Business Processes Managing Content in SRM-MDM
Catalog Transfer Contract Data from SRM
ProcedureSee SAP Note 976518 for instructions
47 Installation of BP SRM-MDM Catalog (Optional)
You can find the BP SRM-MDM Catalog in the directory BP SRM-MDM on your Installation CDor in the latest patch of the most current Support Package that you downloaded from SAP ServiceMarketplace at servicesapcomswdc
PrerequisitesYou have access to Software Deployment Manager (SDM) of your SAP NetWeaver Application ServerJava installation
Procedure
1 Start Software Deployment Manager (SDM)Use RemoteGuibat or RemoteGuish respectively that is located in [Installation drive of ASJava]usrsap[SID]JC00SDMprogram
2 Deploy BPSRMMDM20sca file
More InformationFor information on the Software Deployment Manager see helpsapcom SAP NetWeaver SAPNetWeaver 70 (2004s) Developers Guide Using Java Core Development Tasks Deployment Putting It AllTogether Software Deployment Manager
07152008 INTERNAL 2742
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
This page is intentionally left blank
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
5 Post-Installation
5 Post-Installation
Before you perform post-installation steps read the release notes for the software components thatyou have installed and want to use for your IT scenarioSee SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcomreleasenotesYou perform the following post-installation steps
Process Flow
1 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java (AS Java)For more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver Application Server Java [page 29]
2 Perform the post-installation steps for SAP NetWeaverMDMComponents for SRM-MDMCatalogFor more information see Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDM Components [page 29]
3 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog UtilityFor more information see Start SRM-MDM Catalog Utility [page 30]
4 You may now start with the manual configuration of the SRM-MDM Catalog scenarioFor more information see Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario [page 31]
51 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver ApplicationServer Java (AS Java)
For information on post-installation steps see the respective SAP 50 and SAP ERP 60 installationguidesSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM Using SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtSAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation Documentation
52 Post-Installation Steps for SAP NetWeaver MDMComponents for the SRM-MDM Catalog
For information about the required post-installation steps see the SAP NetWeaver MDM InstallationGuide on SAP Service Marketplace at servicesapcominstallMDM MDM 55 SP06mdash InstallationGuide
07152008 INTERNAL 2942
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
5 Post-Installation53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
53 Start the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility
Check with the SRM-MDM Catalog Utility that the connection between the SRM-MDM CatalogSearch UI and the SRM-MDM Catalog repository on the MDM Server can be established
Procedure
1 Open a Browser2 Call SRM-MDM Catalog Utility via httpltyour AS Java hostgtltyour AS java http
portgtwebdynprodispatchersapcomtc~mdm~srmcat~uiutilUtilities
3 Choose the link Connection TestThis is a tool for testing the connection between the SAP NetWeaver AS Java and the SAPNetWeaver MDM Server
4 Enter MDM Server Host Name of Host IPOptional Enter the port of your SRM-MDM Catalog repositoryIf you do not enter a port the test tool retrieves all mounted repositories If you enter a port thetest tool tries to connect to the specified port explicitly
5 Choose Start Testing6 Check that the connection has been successful as illustrated in the figure below
Figure 5 Successful Connection
3042 INTERNAL 07152008
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
5 Post-Installation54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM Catalog Scenario
54 Start With The Manual Configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
Your installation is now complete You can start with the configuration of SRM-MDM CatalogScenario
ProcedureCarry out the configuration steps as described in the SAP Solution Manager under SAP SRMConfiguration Structures SAP SRM 70 Basic Settings for SRM-MDM CatalogandSAP SRM Scenarios Catalog Content Management
07152008 INTERNAL 3142
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
6 Additional Information
6 Additional Information
61 Installation of Multiple Components in One Database(Optional)
For information on all the required preparation steps see SAP SRM or SAP ERP Installation GuiderespectivelySAP ERP Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPERP SAP ERP 60 Installation SAP ERP 60 mdash Installation DocumentationSAP SRM Installation Guide servicesapcominstguides SAP Business Suite Applications SAPSRM SAP SRM Server ltchoose the relevant releasegt Installation Guides mdash SAP SRM ltchoose the relevantreleasegtYou can also install multiple SAP systems in a single database This is calledMultiple Components in OneDatabase (MCOD) For more information on this see the SRM 50 Installation Guide section 62
62 Troubleshooting
This section lists common problems and solutions
MDM Console cannot connect to database
A possible reason for this is that the DBMS settings are incorrect for your database
n For MS SQL Server Use Host or Named Instancen For Oracle and MaxDB Use SID
Connection test with SRM-MDM Catalog Utility fails
Possible reasons for this are
n MDM Java API version does not match the MDM server version Check the MDM server versionand MDM Java API version
n The required SAP NetWeaver MDM Server ports are not accessible from SAP NetWeaverApplication Server Java Check that ports 20003 20004 20005 on the MDM Server host are usedby the MDM Server and not by another application and that there is no firewall between MDMServer host and AS Java host that blocks the access for these ports
07152008 INTERNAL 3342
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
This page is intentionally left blank
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
A Reference
A Reference
A1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
The following is an overview of themost important documentation types that you need in thevarious phases in the life cycle of SAP software
Figure 6 Documentation Types in the Software Life Cycle
Cross-Phase Documentation
SAPterm is SAPrsquos terminology database It contains SAP-specific vocabulary in over 30 laboutanguages as well as many glossary entries in English and German
n Target groupl Relevant for all target groups
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom Additional Information Glossary (direct access)
or Terminology (as terminology CD)l In the SAP system in transaction STERM
07152008 INTERNAL 3542
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
SAP Library is a collection of documentation for SAP software covering functions and processes
n Target groupl Consultants
l System administratorsl Project teams for implementations or upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Help Portal at httphelpsapcom (also available as documentation DVD)
The security guide describes the settings for a medium security level and offers suggestions forraising security levels A collective security guide is available for SAP NetWeaver This documentcontains general guidelines and suggestions SAP applications have a security guide of their own
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomsecurityguide
Implementation
Themaster guide is the starting point for implementing an SAP solution It lists the requiredinstallable units for each business or IT scenario It provides scenario-specific descriptions ofpreparation execution and follow-up of an implementation It also provides references to otherdocuments such as installation guides the technical infrastructure guide and SAP Notes
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The installation guide describes the technical implementation of an installable unit takinginto account the combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe anybusiness-related configuration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for implementations
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Configuration Documentation in SAP Solution ManagermdashSAP Solution Manager is a life-cycleplatform One of its main functions is the configuration of business and IT scenarios It contains IMGactivities transactions and so on as well as documentation
3642 INTERNAL 07152008
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementationsn Current versionl In SAP Solution Manager
The Implementation Guide (IMG) is a tool for configuring a single SAP system The IMG activitiesand their documentation are structured from a functional perspective (In order to configure awhole system landscape from a process-oriented perspective SAP Solution Manager which refers tothe relevant IMG activities in the individual SAP systems is used)
n Target groupl Solution consultants
l Project teams for implementations or upgradesn Current versionl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Tools Customizing IMG
Production Operation
The technical operations manual is the starting point for operating a system that runs on SAPNetWeaver and precedes the solution operations guide The manual refers users to the tools anddocumentation that are needed to carry out various tasks such as monitoring backuprestoremaster data maintenance transports and tests
n Target groupl System administrators
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The solution operations guide is used for operating an SAP application once all tasks in thetechnical operations manual have been completed It refers users to the tools and documentationthat are needed to carry out the various operations-related tasks
n Target groupl System administratorsl Technology consultantsl Solution consultants
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Upgrade
The upgrade master guide is the starting point for upgrading the business and IT scenarios of anSAP solution It provides scenario-specific descriptions of preparation execution and follow-up of anupgrade It also refers to other documents such as the upgrade guides and SAP Notes
07152008 INTERNAL 3742
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
A ReferenceA1 The Main SAP Documentation Types
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
The upgrade guide describes the technical upgrade of an installable unit taking into accountthe combinations of operating systems and databases It does not describe any business-relatedconfiguration
n Target groupl Technology consultantsl Project teams for upgrades
n Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcominstguides
Release notes are documents that contain short descriptions of new features or changes in SAPNetWeaver or an SAP application since the previous release Release notes about ABAP developmentsenable the SAP system to generate delta and upgrade IMGs
n Target groupl Consultants
l Project teams for upgradesn Current versionl On SAP Service Marketplace at httpservicesapcomreleasenotesl In the SAP menu of the SAP system under Help Release Notes (only ABAP developments)
3842 INTERNAL 07152008
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
Typographic Conventions
Example Description
lt gt Angle brackets indicate that you replace these words or characters with appropriateentries to make entries in the system for example ldquoEnter your ltUser Namegtrdquo
Arrows separating the parts of a navigation path for example menu options
Example Emphasized words or expressions
Example Words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in thedocumentation
Example Textual cross-references to an internet address for example httpwwwsapcom
example Quicklinks added to the internet address of a homepage to enable quick access tospecific content on the Web
123456 Hyperlink to an SAP Note for example SAP Note 123456
Example n Words or characters quoted from the screen These include field labels screen titlespushbutton labels menu names and menu options
n Cross-references to other documentation or published works
Example n Output on the screen following a user action for example messagesn Source code or syntax quoted directly from a programn File and directory names and their paths names of variables and parameters and
names of installation upgrade and database tools
EXAMPLE Technical names of system objects These include report names program namestransaction codes database table names and key concepts of a programming languagewhen they are surrounded by body text for example SELECT and INCLUDE
EXAMPLE Keys on the keyboard
07152008 INTERNAL 3942
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
69190 WalldorfGermany
T +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20
wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendors
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permissionof SAP AG The information contained herein may be changed without prior noticeSome software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of othersoftware vendorsMicrosoft Windows Excel Outlook and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft CorporationIBM DB2 DB2 Universal Database OS2 Parallel Sysplex MVSESA AIX S390 AS400 OS390 OS400 iSeries pSeriesxSeries zSeries System i System i5 System p System p5 System x System z System z9 zOS AFP Intelligent MinerWebSphere Netfinity Tivoli Informix i5OS POWER POWER5 POWER5+ OpenPower and PowerPC are trademarks orregistered trademarks of IBM CorporationAdobe the Adobe logo Acrobat PostScript and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe SystemsIncorporated in the United States andor other countriesOracle is a registered trademark of Oracle CorporationUNIX XOpen OSF1 and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open GroupCitrix ICA Program Neighborhood MetaFrame WinFrame VideoFrame and MultiWin are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Citrix Systems IncHTML XML XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3Creg World Wide Web ConsortiumMassachusetts Institute of TechnologyJava is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems IncJavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc used under license for technology invented and implementedby NetscapeSAP R3 xApps xApp SAP NetWeaver Duet PartnerEdge ByDesign SAP Business ByDesign and other SAP productsand services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG inGermany and in several other countries all over the world All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only Nationalproduct specifications may varyThese materials are subject to change without notice These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies(SAP Group) for informational purposes only without representation or warranty of any kind and SAP Group shall notbe liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials The only warranties for SAP Group products and services arethose that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services if any Nothing hereinshould be construed as constituting an additional warranty
This document was created using stylesheet 2006-12-31 (V51beta [= 60 for E3]) and XSLT processor SAXON 652 fromMichael Kay (httpsaxonsfnet) XSLT version 1
4042 INTERNAL 07152008
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
DisclaimerSome components of this product are based on Javatrade Any code change in these components may cause unpredictable andsevere malfunctions and is therefore expressly prohibited as is any decompilation of these componentsAny Javatrade Source Code delivered with this product is only to be used by SAPrsquos Support Services and may not be modified oraltered in any way
Documentation in the SAP Service MarketplaceYou can find this document at the following address httpsservicesapcominstguides
07152008 INTERNAL 4142
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice
SAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermanyT +4918 0534 34 34F +4918 0534 34 20wwwsapcom
copy Copyright 2008 SAP AG All rights reservedNo part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice